From Jeremy Bennett <jeremy.bennett@embecosm.com>:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c 8
a67ec3f4
JM
9@copying
10Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
112000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009
12Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
22@end copying
23
24@ifnottex
25This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
26
27@insertcopying
28@end ifnottex
c906108c
SS
29
30@setchapternewpage off
25822942 31@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
697@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
698@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
699If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
1f70da6a 700(Currently only used for several native configs.)
9742079a
EZ
701
702@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
703@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
704Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
705possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
706of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
707not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
708number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
709is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
710are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
711the same time).
712
713@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
714@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
715Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
716whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
717
b6b8ece6 718@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
719@findex target_insert_watchpoint
720@findex target_remove_watchpoint
721@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
722@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
723Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
724@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
725possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
726defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
727
474c8240 728@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
729 enum target_hw_bp_type
730 @{
731 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
732 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
733 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
734 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
735 @};
474c8240 736@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
737
738@noindent
739These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
740
9742079a 741@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
742@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
743If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
744associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
745@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
746is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
747not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
748it to improve handling of those also.
749
750@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
751immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
752target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
753resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
754control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 755
5009afc5
AS
756@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
757@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
758Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
759lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
760@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
761granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
762watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
763region.
764
9742079a
EZ
765@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
766@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
767If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 768watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
769this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
770which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
771set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
772to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
773watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 774
4a9bb1df
UW
775@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
776@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
777If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
778watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
779watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
780interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
781
782@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
783@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
784If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
785inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
786when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
787read or write.
9742079a
EZ
788
789@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
790@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
791If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
792watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
793
794@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
795@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
796Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
797the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
798Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
799the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
800type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
801target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
802the @var{wait_status} argument.
803
804@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
805@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
806determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
807it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
808@end table
809
d983da9c
DJ
810@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
811@cindex watchpoints, with threads
812
813@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
814in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
815act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
816watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
817if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
818watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
819per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
820@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
821@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
822@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
823@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
824threads.
825
826@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
827at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
828multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
829queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
830is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
831@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
832thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
833two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
834will be called a second time for the second thread.
835
9742079a
EZ
836@subsection x86 Watchpoints
837@cindex x86 debug registers
838@cindex watchpoints, on x86
839
840The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
841registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
842generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
843support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
844subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
845
1f70da6a
SS
846(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
847thus only available for native configurations.)
848
9742079a
EZ
849To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
850following:
851
852@itemize @bullet
853@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
854@item
855Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
856target-dependent headers.
857
858@item
859Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
860defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
861
862@item
863Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 864@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
865
866@item
867Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
868below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
869which does the real work.
870@end itemize
871
872The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
873debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
874real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
875provide:
876
877@table @code
878@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
879@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
880Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
881
882@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
883@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
884Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
887@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
888Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
889number @var{idx}.
890
891@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
892@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
893Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
894used immediately after it is returned by
895@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
896register values.
897@end table
898
899For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
900that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
901to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
902allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
903expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
904wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
905maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
906anything to use this feature.
907
908The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
909bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
910be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
911region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
912@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
913bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
914a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
915region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
916
917The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
918@value{GDBN}'s application code:
919
920@table @code
921@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
922@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
923The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
924this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
925watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
926less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
927processors.
928
929@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
930@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
931The target function
932@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
933This
9742079a
EZ
934function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
935Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
936macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
937set in DR6.
938
ac77d04f
JJ
939@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
940@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
941The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
942is set to call this function. The
943argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
944function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
945Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
946macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
947returned.
948
9742079a
EZ
949@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
950@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
951@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
952@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
953Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
954@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
955are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
956looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
957region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
958reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
959register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
960the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
961value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
962register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
963and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
964inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
965@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
966required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
967each debug register.
968
969@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
970in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
971length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
972values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
973@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
974watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
975decrements the reference count, and only calls
976@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
977the count goes to zero.
978
979@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
980@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
981@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
982@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
983These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
984macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
985@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
986The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
987the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
988These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
989@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
990the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
991hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
992register.
993
994@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
995@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
996This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
997hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 998@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
999address whose watchpoint triggered.
1000
1001@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
1002@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
1003This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
1004bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
1005the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
1006@end table
1007
1008@noindent
1009@strong{Notes:}
1010@enumerate 1
1011@item
1012x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1013However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1014@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1015watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1016on x86.
1017
1018@item
1019x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1020only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1021there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1022whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1023current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1024always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1025watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1026unavailable in many platforms.
1027@end enumerate
1028
5c95884b
MS
1029@section Checkpoints
1030@cindex checkpoints
1031@cindex restart
1032In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1033the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1034
1035Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1036whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1037state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1038registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1039of open files and devices.
1040
1041There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1042in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1043method implemented on the target side.
1044
1045A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1046state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1047not typically include information about external entities such as
1048open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1049
1050A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1051as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1052is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1053be used on other systems.
1054
b247355e 1055Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1056method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1057advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1058details of how it is done.
1059
1060
bcd7e15f
JB
1061@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1062@cindex observer pattern interface
1063@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1064
1065In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1066some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1067modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1068hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1069versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1070@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1071a strong limitation.
1072
1073A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1074Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1075a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1076previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1077easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1078interface when adding new notifications.
1079
1080See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1081currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1082implementation is also briefly discussed.
1083
c906108c
SS
1084@node User Interface
1085
1086@chapter User Interface
1087
1f70da6a
SS
1088@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1089command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1090
1091@section Command Interpreter
1092
56caf160 1093@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1094@cindex CLI
25822942 1095The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1096allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1097has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1098a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1099
56caf160
EZ
1100For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1101@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1102to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1103
56caf160
EZ
1104@findex add_cmd
1105@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1106To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1107the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1108place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1109the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1110
40dd2248
TT
1111@findex add_setshow_cmd
1112@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1113To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1114@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1115a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1116further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1117the new command structures for manipulation.
1118
56caf160
EZ
1119@cindex deprecating commands
1120@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1121Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1122deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1123aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1124@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1125return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1126command immediately after it is created.
1127
c72e7388 1128The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1129replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1130@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1131entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1132
587afa38 1133@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1134@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1135@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1136@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1137
1138@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1139The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1140@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1141interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1142from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1143every UI, to produce output.
1144
1145@subsection Overview and Terminology
1146
1147In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1148of output, and can even generate an input request.
1149
1150Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1151
1152@itemize @bullet
1153@item
1154to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1155
1156@item
1157to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1158operation;
1159
1160@item
1161to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1162progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1163
1164@item
1165to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1166
1167@item
1168to show @emph{debug data};
1169
1170@item
1171to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1172@end itemize
1173
1174@noindent
1175This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1176although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1177
1178Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1179involves one or more of the following:
1180
1181@itemize @bullet
1182@item
1183output of the actual data
1184
1185@item
1186formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1187easily readable by humans
1188
1189@item
1190machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1191parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1192
1193@item
c72e7388
AC
1194annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1195parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1196@end itemize
1197
1198The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1199Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1200of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1201deprecated.
1202
c72e7388
AC
1203Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1204a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1205non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1206header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1207
c72e7388
AC
1208@table @code
1209@item <table> @expansion{}
1210@code{<header> <body>}
1211@item <header> @expansion{}
1212@code{@{ <column> @}}
1213@item <column> @expansion{}
1214@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1215@item <body> @expansion{}
1216@code{@{<row>@}}
1217@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1218
1219
1220@subsection General Conventions
1221
c72e7388
AC
1222Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1223@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1224object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1225
c72e7388
AC
1226The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1227to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1228
c72e7388
AC
1229The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1230When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1231sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1232format.
1233
c72e7388
AC
1234When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1235call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1236
1237
c72e7388 1238@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1239
1240@cindex list output functions
1241@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1242@cindex tuple output functions
1243This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1244tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1245(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1246
c72e7388
AC
1247To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1248containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1249fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1250
c72e7388
AC
1251Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1252rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1253even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1254
1255@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1256Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1257maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1258
1259The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1260
474c8240 1261@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1262 ui_out_table_begin
1263 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1264 @dots{}
0ee54786 1265 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1266 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1267 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1268 @dots{}
1269 ui_out_tuple_end
1270 @dots{}
0ee54786 1271 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1272@end smallexample
0ee54786 1273
c72e7388 1274Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1275functions:
1276
c72e7388
AC
1277@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1278The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1279of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1280function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1281the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1282@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1283pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1284@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1285was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1286
1287The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1288the end of the table's output.
1289@end deftypefun
1290
c72e7388
AC
1291@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1292@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1293table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1294column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1295@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1296
1297The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1298value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1299@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1300center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1301specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1302column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1303call.
0ee54786
EZ
1304@end deftypefun
1305
1306@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1307This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1308@end deftypefun
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1311This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1312after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1313functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1314
1315There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1316call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1317will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1318@end deftypefun
1319
c72e7388 1320The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1321call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1322@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1323@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1324calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1325
c72e7388
AC
1326@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1327This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1328to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1329implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1330after the call.
1331@end deftypefun
1332
1333@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1334This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1335one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1336@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1337be signaled.
1338@end deftypefun
1339
587afa38 1340@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1341This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1342(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1343and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1344cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1345@smallexample
1346struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1347ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1348old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1349 uiout);
1350@end smallexample
1351@end deftypefun
1352
1353@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1354This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1355an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1356implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1357after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1358@end deftypefun
1359
1360@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1361This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1362one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1363@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1364be signaled.
1365@end deftypefun
1366
587afa38 1367@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1368Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1369opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1370that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1371@end deftypefun
1372
1373@subsection Item Output Functions
1374
1375@cindex item output functions
1376@cindex field output functions
1377@cindex data output
1378The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1379items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1380
1381Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1382
1383@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1384This is the most general output function. It produces the
1385representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1386according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1387@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1388supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1389supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1390
1391This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1392use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1393@end deftypefun
1394
c72e7388 1395@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1396This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1397@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1398the name of the field.
1399@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1400
1401@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1402This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1403@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1404@var{fldname} specifies
1405the name of the field.
1406@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1407
c72e7388 1408@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1409This function outputs an address.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1414specification.
1415@end deftypefun
1416
1417Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1418functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1419@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1420the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1421used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1422of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1423@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1424you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1425@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1426@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1427and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1428constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1429you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1430@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1431
587afa38 1432@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1433This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1434same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1435passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1436@code{ui_stream} object.
1437@end deftypefun
1438
1439@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1440This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1441@var{streambuf}.
1442@end deftypefun
1443
c72e7388 1444@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1445This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1446@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1447@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1448@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1449the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1450@end deftypefun
1451
1452@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1453out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1454@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1455cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1456skeleton code to do that:
1457
1458@smallexample
1459 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1460 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1461 ...
1462 do_cleanups (old);
1463@end smallexample
1464
1465If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1466of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1467
1468@smallexample
1469 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1470 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1471@end smallexample
1472
1473Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1474@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1475same buffer twice.
1476
1477@subsection Utility Output Functions
1478
c72e7388 1479@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1480This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1481an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1482@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1483@end deftypefun
1484
c72e7388 1485@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1486This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1487easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1488this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1489from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1490
1491Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1492the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1493to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1494string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1495output short messages.
1496@end deftypefun
1497
1498@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1499This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1500text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1501list.
1502@end deftypefun
1503
c72e7388 1504@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1505This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1506verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1507current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1508verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1509setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1510as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1511argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1512@end deftypefun
1513
1514@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1515This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1516of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1517output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1518be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1519accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1520explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1521@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1522@end deftypefun
1523
1524@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1525This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1526the UI buffers output.
1527@end deftypefun
1528
1529
1530@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1531
1532@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1533@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1534This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1535functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1536@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1537@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1538
1539This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1540produce a table.
1541
1542The original code was:
1543
474c8240 1544@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1545 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1546 @{
1547 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1548
1549 annotate_field (0);
1550 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1551 annotate_field (1);
1552 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1553 annotate_field (2);
1554 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1555 annotate_field (3);
1556 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1557 if (addressprint)
1558 @{
1559 annotate_field (4);
1560 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1561 @}
1562 annotate_field (5);
1563 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1564
1565 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1566 @}
474c8240 1567@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1568
1569Here's the new version:
1570
474c8240 1571@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1572 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1573
1574 if (addressprint)
1575 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1576 else
1577 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1578
1579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1580 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1581 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1582 annotate_field (0);
1583 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1585 annotate_field (1);
1586 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1587 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1588 annotate_field (2);
1589 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (3);
1592 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1593 if (addressprint)
1594 @{
1595 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1596 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1597 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1598 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1599 else
c72e7388
AC
1600 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1601 @}
1602 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1603 annotate_field (5);
1604 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1605 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1606 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1607 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1608@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1609
1610This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1611to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1612in the above example. The original code was:
1613
474c8240 1614@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1615 annotate_record ();
1616 annotate_field (0);
1617 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1618 annotate_field (1);
1619 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1620 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1621 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1622 (int)b->type);
1623 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1624 annotate_field (2);
1625 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1626 annotate_field (3);
1627 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1628 @dots{}
474c8240 1629@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1630
1631This is the new version:
1632
474c8240 1633@smallexample
0ee54786 1634 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1635 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1636 annotate_field (0);
1637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1638 annotate_field (1);
1639 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1640 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1641 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1642 (int) b->type);
1643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1644 annotate_field (2);
1645 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1646 annotate_field (3);
1647 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1648 @dots{}
474c8240 1649@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1650
1651This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1652produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1653functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1654automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1655
474c8240 1656@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1657 annotate_field (5);
1658 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1659@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660
1661The new version is:
1662
474c8240 1663@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1664 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1665 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1666 ...
1667 annotate_field (5);
1668 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1669 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1670@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671
1672This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1673@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1674was:
1675
474c8240 1676@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677 annotate_field (5);
1678 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1679 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1680 else
1681 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1682@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1683
1684It became:
1685
474c8240 1686@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1687 annotate_field (5);
1688 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1689 @{
1690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1691 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1692 @}
1693 else
1694 @{
1695 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1698 @}
474c8240 1699@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1700
1701The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1702use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1703code was:
1704
474c8240 1705@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1706 annotate_field (5);
1707 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1708 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1709@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710
1711It became:
1712
474c8240 1713@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1714 annotate_field (5);
1715 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1716 @{
1717 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1719 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1720 @}
474c8240 1721@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1722
1723Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1724code was:
1725
474c8240 1726@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1727 annotate_field (5);
1728 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1729 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1730@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1731
1732It became:
1733
474c8240 1734@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1735 annotate_field (5);
1736 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1737 @{
1738 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1741 @}
474c8240 1742@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1743
1744Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1745
474c8240 1746@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1747 annotate_field (4);
1748 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1749 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1750@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1751
1752It became:
1753
474c8240 1754@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1755 annotate_field (4);
1756 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1757@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1758
1759
c906108c
SS
1760@section Console Printing
1761
1762@section TUI
1763
89437448 1764@node libgdb
c906108c 1765
89437448
AC
1766@chapter libgdb
1767
1768@section libgdb 1.0
1769@cindex @code{libgdb}
1770@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1771to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1772
1773@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1774@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1775@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1776better able to support graphical and other environments.
1777
1778Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1779evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1780
1781@itemize @bullet
1782@item
1783Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1784@item
1785Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1786@item
1787Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1788@item
1789Library - @file{gdb.h}
1790@end itemize
1791
1792The model that ties these components together is described below.
1793
1794@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1795
1796A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1797
1798@itemize @bullet
1799@item
1800As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1801@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1802state, etc).
1803@item
1804As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1805obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1806@end itemize
1807
c1468174 1808Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1809the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1810controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1811@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1812before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1813
1814@section CLI support
1815
1816At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1817@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1818their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1819requirements.
1820
1821It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1822(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1823out the theory:
1824
1825@itemize @bullet
1826@item
1827The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1828@item
1829The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1830versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1831@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1832@item
1833The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1834used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1835@end itemize
1836
1837When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1838along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1839the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1840through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1841At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1842virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1843
1844The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1845@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1846client's custom builder).
1847
1848@section @code{libgdb} components
1849
1850@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1851@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1852be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1853observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1854the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1855finished the current command.
1856
1857@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1858@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1859create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1860when doing any queries.
1861
1862@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1863@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1864@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1865loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1866implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1867
1868The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1869@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1870instead of returning.
1871
1872@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1873@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1874the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1875builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1876before the query function returns.
c906108c 1877
5f5233d4
PA
1878@node Values
1879@chapter Values
1880@section Values
1881
1882@cindex values
1883@cindex @code{value} structure
1884@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1885abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1886and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1887
1888Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1889view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1890value.
1891
1892A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1893@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1894
1895@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1896@table @code
1897@item @code{not_lval}
1898This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1899
1900@item @code{lval_memory}
1901This value represents an object in memory.
1902
1903@item @code{lval_register}
1904This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1905
1906@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1907Represents the value of an internal variable.
1908
1909@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1910Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1911structure field.
1912
1913@cindex computed values
1914@item @code{lval_computed}
1915These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1916objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1917support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1918functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1919backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1920``destructor''.
1921
1922Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1923instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1924@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1925
1926@smallexample
1927static void
1928nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1929@{
1930 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1931 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1932 something more interesting. */
1933
1934 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1935 value_offset (v),
1936 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1937@}
1938
1939static void
1940nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1941@{
1942 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1943
1944 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1945 value_offset (v),
1946 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1947@}
1948
1949static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1950 @{
1951 nil_value_read,
1952 nil_value_write
1953 @};
1954
1955struct value *
1956make_nil_value (void)
1957@{
1958 struct type *type;
1959 struct value *v;
1960
1961 type = make_nils_type ();
1962 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1963
1964 return v;
1965@}
1966@end smallexample
1967
1968See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1969@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1970
1971@end table
1972
669fac23
DJ
1973@node Stack Frames
1974@chapter Stack Frames
1975
1976@cindex frame
1977@cindex call stack frame
1978A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1979and called functions.
1980
1981@cindex unwind frame
1982@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1983need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1984the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1985Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1986read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1987@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1988
1989@findex frame_register_unwind
1990@findex get_frame_register
1991@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1992``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1993@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1994frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1995#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1996obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1997frame itself?
1998
1999@cindex sentinel frame
2000@findex get_frame_type
2001@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 2002To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
2003``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
2004the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
2005is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
2006SENTINEL_FRAME}.
2007
2008@section Selecting an Unwinder
2009
2010@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
2011@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2012The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2013frame_unwind}), using the functions
2014@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2015@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2016sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2017previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2018registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2019The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2020is assigned to the frame.
2021
2022@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2023@cindex frame ID
2024
2025Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2026The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2027the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2028including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2029locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2030
2031Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2032cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2033to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2034frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2035when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2036frame_info} for the same frame.
2037
2038The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2039Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2040frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2041registers.
2042
2043Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2044frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2045two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2046address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2047the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2048the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2049
2050An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
2051@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2052
2053@section Unwinding Registers
2054
2055Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2056takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2057It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2058as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2059current in this frame's caller.
2060
2061The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2062have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2063will generate the appropriate value:
2064
2065@table @code
2066@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2067@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2068This register was not saved.
2069
2070@item frame_unwind_got_register
2071@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2072This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2073is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2074same register.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2078This register was saved in memory.
2079
2080@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2081@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2082This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2083value some other way.
2084
2085@item frame_unwind_got_address
2086@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2087Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2088address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2089explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2090pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2091generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2092@end table
2093
c906108c
SS
2094@node Symbol Handling
2095
2096@chapter Symbol Handling
2097
1f70da6a
SS
2098Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2099variables, functions, and types.
2100
2101Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2102reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2103bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2104all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2105computational, rather than file reading.
2106
2107One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2108to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2109not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2110time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2111we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2112symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2113
2114@section Symbol Reading
2115
56caf160
EZ
2116@cindex symbol reading
2117@cindex reading of symbols
2118@cindex symbol files
2119@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2120file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2121debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2122symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2123more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2124addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2125libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2126
2127@findex find_sym_fns
2128Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2129the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2130of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2131this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2132
2133@findex add_symtab_fns
2134@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2135@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2136Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2137@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2138to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2139name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2140and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2141times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2142prefix.
2143
2144The functions supplied by each module are:
2145
2146@table @code
2147@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2148
56caf160 2149@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2150Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2151symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2152resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2153read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2154might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2155whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2156
2157The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2158@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2159new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2160and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2161information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2162in the @code{private} field.
2163
2164There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2165@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2166
2167@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2168
2169Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2170This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2171state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2172@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2173arguments and no result. It may be called after
2174@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2175may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2176
2177@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2178
2179Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2180symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2181
56caf160 2182@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2183@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2184the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2185address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2186table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2187or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2188@end table
2189
2190In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2191@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2192to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2193from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2194
2195@table @code
2196@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2197
56caf160 2198Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2199the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2200pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2201symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2202@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2203zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2204@end table
2205
2206@section Partial Symbol Tables
2207
56caf160 2208@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2209
2210@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2211@cindex full symbol table
2212@cindex symtabs
2213@item
2214Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2215information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2216
56caf160
EZ
2217@cindex psymtabs
2218@item
2219Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2220information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2221symbol table.
2222
56caf160
EZ
2223@cindex minimal symbol table
2224@cindex minsymtabs
2225@item
2226Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2227gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2228@end itemize
2229
56caf160 2230@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2231This section describes partial symbol tables.
2232
2233A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2234file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2235extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2236need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2237information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2238quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2239pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2240the user.
2241@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2242
2243The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2244visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2245that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2246types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2247
2248The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2249full symbol table would represent.
2250
56caf160
EZ
2251@cindex finding a symbol
2252@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2253The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2254code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2255
2256@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2257@findex find_pc_function
2258@findex find_pc_line
2259@item
c1468174 2260By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2261function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2262range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2263@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2264@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2265
56caf160
EZ
2266@cindex lookup_symbol
2267@item
2268By its name
c1468174 2269(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2270function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2271psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2272have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2273case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2274qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2275local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2276does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2277@end itemize
2278
2279The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2280at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2281while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2282psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2283them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2284either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2285name.
2286
56caf160
EZ
2287It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2288been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2289in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2290all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2291ranges.
c906108c 2292
56caf160 2293The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2294thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2295be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2296bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2297and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2298on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2299unless you want to do a lot more work.
2300
2301@section Types
2302
56caf160 2303@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2304
56caf160 2305@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2306These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2307types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2308into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2309that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2310knows about.
c906108c 2311
56caf160 2312@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2313
56caf160
EZ
2314@cindex type codes
2315Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2316of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2317@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2318which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2319types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2320other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2321or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2322
56caf160 2323@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2324
2325These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2326fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2327use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2328eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2329initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2330@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2331an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2332@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2333only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2334@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2335some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2336
2337@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2338@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2339
2340@subsection a.out
2341
56caf160
EZ
2342@cindex @code{a.out} format
2343The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2344consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2345which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2346respectively.
c906108c 2347
56caf160 2348The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2349place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2350@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2351format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2352symbols with distinctive attributes.
2353
56caf160 2354The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2355
2356@subsection COFF
2357
56caf160 2358@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2359The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2360COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2361number of sections is limited.
2362
2363The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2364was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2365For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2366included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2367encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2368
2369The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2370
2371@subsection ECOFF
2372
56caf160 2373@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2374ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2375workstations.
2376
2377The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2378
2379@subsection XCOFF
2380
56caf160 2381@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2382The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2383The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2384symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2385@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2386information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2387
2388The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2389shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2390refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2391relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2392using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2393been run (or the core file has been read).
2394
2395@subsection PE
2396
56caf160
EZ
2397@cindex PE-COFF format
2398Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2399executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2400
25822942 2401While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2402COFF reader.
2403
2404@subsection ELF
2405
56caf160 2406@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2407The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2408similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2409removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2410encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2411
2412The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2413
2414@subsection SOM
2415
56caf160 2416@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2417SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2418SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2419
1a92f856 2420The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2421
c906108c
SS
2422@section Debugging File Formats
2423
2424This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2425are independent of the object file format.
2426
2427@subsection stabs
2428
56caf160 2429@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2430@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2431format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2432formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2433
2434While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2435including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2436the real work.
2437
2438@subsection COFF
2439
56caf160 2440@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2441The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2442of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2443
2444@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2445
56caf160 2446@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2447ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2448
2449The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2450
1f70da6a
SS
2451@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2452
c906108c
SS
2453@subsection DWARF 2
2454
56caf160 2455@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2456DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2457
2458The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2459
31fffb02
CS
2460@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2461
2462@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2463Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2464merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2465format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2466information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2467is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2468DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2469DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2470
2471@itemize @bullet
2472@item
24734 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2474@item
24758 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2476order.
2477@end itemize
2478
2479The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2480Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2481@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2482
1f70da6a
SS
2483@subsection DWARF 3
2484
2485@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2486DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2487
c906108c
SS
2488@subsection SOM
2489
56caf160 2490@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2491Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2492
25822942 2493@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2494
56caf160
EZ
2495@cindex adding debugging info reader
2496If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2497there is probably little to be done.
2498
2499If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2500BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2501
2502You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2503debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2504routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2505debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2506depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2507
2508For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2509to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2510platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2511will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2512directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2513@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2514
c91d38aa
DJ
2515@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2516
2517Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2518its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2519namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2520
2521Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2522released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2523objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2524they could be unloaded at different times.
2525
2526User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2527these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2528is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2529the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2530
c906108c
SS
2531
2532@node Language Support
2533
2534@chapter Language Support
2535
56caf160
EZ
2536@cindex language support
2537@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2538although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2539manually.
c906108c 2540
56caf160
EZ
2541@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2542of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2543means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2544identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2545
25822942 2546@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2547
56caf160
EZ
2548@cindex adding source language
2549To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2550following steps:
c906108c
SS
2551
2552@table @emph
2553@item Create the expression parser.
2554
56caf160 2555@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2556This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2557building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2558@file{parse.c}.
2559
56caf160 2560@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2561Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2562parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2563@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2564various parsers from defining the same global names:
2565
474c8240 2566@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2567#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2568#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2569#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2570#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2571#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2572#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2573#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2574#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2575#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2576#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2577#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2578#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2579#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2580#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2581#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2582#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2583@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2584
2585At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2586initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2587@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2588@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2589that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2590and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2591@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2592language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2593for more information.
2594
2595@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2596
56caf160
EZ
2597@cindex expression evaluation routines
2598@findex evaluate_subexp
2599@findex prefixify_subexp
2600@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2601If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2602add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2603code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2604defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2605for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2606@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2607the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2608
2609@item Update some existing code
2610
2611Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2612@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2613
2614Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2615These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2616are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2617statement, an error is reported.
2618
56caf160 2619@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2620Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2621@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2622@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2623string.
2624
56caf160 2625@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2626Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2627language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2628dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2629
56caf160 2630@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2631Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2632code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2633This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2634Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2635file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2636information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2637code.
2638
56caf160
EZ
2639@findex print_subexp
2640@findex op_print_tab
2641Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2642expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2643printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2644
2645@item Add a place of call
2646
56caf160 2647@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2648Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2649@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2650
c906108c
SS
2651@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2652
2653Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2654variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2655not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2656distribution!
c906108c
SS
2657@end table
2658
2659
2660@node Host Definition
2661
2662@chapter Host Definition
2663
56caf160 2664With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2665definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2666mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2667
2668@section Adding a New Host
2669
56caf160
EZ
2670@cindex adding a new host
2671@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2672@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2673New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2674@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2675below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2676eventually disappear.
c906108c 2677
c906108c 2678@table @file
c906108c 2679@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2680This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2681native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2682machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2683by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2684
1f70da6a 2685Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2686@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2687@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2688
1f70da6a 2689New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2690
c906108c
SS
2691@end table
2692
1f70da6a
SS
2693(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2694used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2695have all been removed.)
2696
c906108c
SS
2697@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2698
56caf160 2699@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2700There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2701various systems.
c906108c
SS
2702
2703@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2704@cindex remote debugging support
2705@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2706@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2707This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2708default on all Unix-like hosts.
2709
2710@item ser-pipe.c
2711This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2712default on all Unix-like hosts.
2713
2714@item ser-mingw.c
2715This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2716Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2717
2718@item ser-go32.c
2719This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2720using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2721
56caf160 2722@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2723@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2724This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2725default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2726@end table
2727
2728@section Host Conditionals
2729
56caf160
EZ
2730When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2731defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2732attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2733host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2734setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2735
2736These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2737here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2738are:
c906108c 2739
56caf160 2740@ftable @code
25822942 2741@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2742The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2743@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2744
c906108c
SS
2745@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2746If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2747of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2748
2749@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2750Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2751the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2752
c906108c 2753@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2754@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2755Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2756line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2757characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2758which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2759mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2760
2761@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2762@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2763The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2764
2765@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2766@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2767The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2768
c906108c
SS
2769@item ISATTY
2770Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2771
1f70da6a
SS
2772@item FOPEN_RB
2773Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2774
2775@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2776@cindex @code{long long} data type
2777Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2778by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2779
2780@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2781Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2782the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2783@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2784
c906108c
SS
2785@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2786Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2787@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2788is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2789
c906108c
SS
2790@item NORETURN
2791If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2792that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2793indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2794if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2795
2796@item ATTR_NORETURN
2797If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2798@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2799of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2800set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2801defined.
2802
c906108c 2803@item lint
56caf160 2804Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2805
2806@item volatile
2807Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2808@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2809@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2810
2811
2812@node Target Architecture Definition
2813
2814@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2815
56caf160
EZ
2816@cindex target architecture definition
2817@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2818machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2819with them.
c906108c 2820
af6c57ea
AC
2821The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2822@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2823using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2824
b6fd0dfb
NR
2825@menu
2826* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2827* Initialize New Architecture::
2828* Registers and Memory::
2829* Pointers and Addresses::
2830* Address Classes::
587afa38 2831* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2832* Frame Interpretation::
2833* Inferior Call Setup::
587afa38 2834* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2835* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2836@end menu
2837
2838@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2839@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2840@cindex OS ABI variants
2841
2842@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2843ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2844variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2845components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2846
2847A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2848(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2849OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2850to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2851considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2852overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2853architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2854different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2855OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2856examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2857sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2858
2859@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2860A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2861selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2862for each BFD architecture.
2863
f4b3909f 2864The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2865
2866@table @code
2867
f4b3909f
EZ
2868@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2869@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2870Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2871
70f80edf
JT
2872@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2873@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2874The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2875settings for the architecture will be used.
2876
2877@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2878@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2879UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2880
2881@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2882@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2883GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2884
2885@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2886@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2887Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2888
2889@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2890@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2891OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2892
2893@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2894@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2895GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2896
2897@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2898@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2899FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2900
2901@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2902@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2903FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2904
2905@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2906@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2907NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2908
2909@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2910@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2911NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2912
2913@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2914@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2915OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2916
2917@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2918@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2919Windows CE.
70f80edf 2920
1029b7fa
MK
2921@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2922@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2923DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2924
f4b3909f
EZ
2925@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2926@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2927Irix.
2928
f4b3909f
EZ
2929@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2930@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2931Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2932
f4b3909f
EZ
2933@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2934@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2935HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2936
f4b3909f
EZ
2937@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2938@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2939HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2940
f4b3909f
EZ
2941@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2942@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2943QNX Neutrino.
2944
2945@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2946@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2947Cygwin.
2948
2949@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2950@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2951AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2952
2953@end table
2954
2955Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2956
587afa38 2957@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2958Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2959@end deftypefun
2960
c133ab7a 2961@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2962Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2963architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2964@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2965machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2966will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2967@end deftypefun
2968
2969@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2970Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2971BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2972If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2973be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2974any architecture.
2975@end deftypefun
2976
587afa38 2977@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2978Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2979The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2980be determined.
2981@end deftypefun
2982
2983@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2984Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2985@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2986corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2987architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2988with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2989@end deftypefun
2990
f4b3909f
EZ
2991@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2992Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2993@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2994from the note. This function should be called via
2995@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2996@end deftypefun
2997
b6fd0dfb 2998@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2999@section Initializing a New Architecture
3000
587afa38
EZ
3001@menu
3002* How an Architecture is Represented::
3003* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3004* Creating a New Architecture::
3005@end menu
3006
3007@node How an Architecture is Represented
3008@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3009@cindex architecture representation
3010@cindex representation of architecture
3011
7a107747 3012Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3013via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3014enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3015@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3016@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3017called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3018architecture constant and an initialization function.
3019
3020@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3021@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3022A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3023defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3024convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3025in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3026@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3027@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3028
3029@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3030@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3031@findex gdbarch_register
3032The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3033@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3034@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3035pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3036@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3037within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3038@code{gdbarch_register}:
3039
3040@smallexample
3041void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3042 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3043 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3044@end smallexample
3045
3046The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3047associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3048called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3049@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3050associated with this architecture.
3051
3052For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3053architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3054
3055@smallexample
3056gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3057@end smallexample
3058
3059@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3060@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3061@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3062
587afa38 3063The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3064
3065@smallexample
3066static struct gdbarch *
3067@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3068 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3069@end smallexample
3070
3071The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3072architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3073have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3074value.
3075
3076The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3077is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3078search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3079return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3080create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3081
587afa38
EZ
3082@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3083@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3084The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3085passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3086@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3087architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3088architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3089initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3090to be created.
3091
3092The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3093
3094@smallexample
3095struct gdbarch_info
3096@{
3097 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3098 int byte_order;
3099 bfd *abfd;
3100 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3101 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3102 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3103@};
3104@end smallexample
3105
3106@vindex bfd_arch_info
3107The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3108architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3109enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3110pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3111additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3112which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3113architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3114pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3115
3116When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3117all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3118@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3119look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3120see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3121@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3122lookup to refine the search.
3123
7a107747
DJ
3124Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3125architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3126defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3127However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3128so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3129defaults from @var{arches}.
3130
587afa38
EZ
3131@node Creating a New Architecture
3132@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3133@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3134
3135@findex gdbarch_alloc
3136@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3137If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3138by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3139gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3140information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3141@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3142
3143@smallexample
3144struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3145 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3146@end smallexample
3147
3148@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3149@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3150The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3151there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3152required.
3153
3154For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3155functions, one to set the value of that element,
3156@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3157element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3158function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3159take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3160argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3161@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3162
3163The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3164in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3165functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3166architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3167header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3168
3169This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3170set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3171
3172@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3173@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3174to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3175information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3176gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3177hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3178information).
3179
3180If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3181@code{NULL}.
3182
b6fd0dfb 3183@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3184@section Registers and Memory
3185
56caf160
EZ
3186@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3187@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3188block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3189
56caf160
EZ
3190@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3191compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3192that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3193to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3194and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3195
25822942 3196@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3197
b6fd0dfb 3198@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3199@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3200@cindex pointer representation
3201@cindex address representation
3202@cindex word-addressed machines
3203@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3204@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3205@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3206@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3207@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3208@cindex D10V addresses
3209
3210On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3211indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3212whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3213machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3214However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3215address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3216identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3217
1f70da6a
SS
3218@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3219
172c2a43 3220For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3221instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3222actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3223jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3224full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3225If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3226then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3227However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3228low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3229zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3230the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3231refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3232code space.
3233
3234However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3235forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3236@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3237@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3238
3239(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3240affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3241going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3242
56caf160
EZ
3243To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3244one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3245byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3246of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3247@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3248@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3249@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3250and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3251
3252Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3253processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3254each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3255distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3256clean up some architecture-independent code.
3257
3258Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3259
3260@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3261Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3262@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3263appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3264@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3265@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3266inferior's.
3267
3268For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3269extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3270@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3271D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3272@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3273
3274If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3275will signal an internal error.
3276@end deftypefun
3277
3278@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3279Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3280pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3281@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3282inferior's.
3283
3284For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3285stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3286appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3287is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3288a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3289
3290If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3291will signal an internal error.
3292@end deftypefun
3293
f23631e4 3294@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3295Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3296as appropriate for the current architecture.
3297
3298This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3299For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3300described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3301@end deftypefun
3302
3303@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3304Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3305the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3306This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3307above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3308@end deftypefun
3309
4a9bb1df 3310Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3311relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3312definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3313simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3314
4a9bb1df 3315@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3316Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3317appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3318address the pointer refers to.
3319
3320This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3321C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3322@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3323
4a9bb1df 3324@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3325Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3326@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3327
3328This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3329C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3330@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3331
b6fd0dfb 3332@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3333@section Address Classes
3334@cindex address classes
3335@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3336@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3337
3338Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3339via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3340define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3341distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3342info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3343address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3344following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3345types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3346a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3347
4a9bb1df 3348@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3349Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3350is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3351This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3352@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3353@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3354
587afa38 3355@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3356Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3357its name.
4a9bb1df 3358@end deftypefun
1f70da6a 3359@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3360Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3361for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3362@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3363
3364Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3365the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3366functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3367
3368Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
336932-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3370suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3371uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3372of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3373to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3374
3375@smallexample
3376somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3377 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3378@{
b5b0480a
KB
3379 if (byte_size == 2)
3380 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3381 else
3382 return 0;
f2abfe65 3383@}
b5b0480a
KB
3384
3385static char *
3386somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3387@{
b5b0480a
KB
3388 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3389 return "short";
3390 else
3391 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3392@}
b5b0480a
KB
3393
3394int
3395somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3396 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3397@{
b5b0480a 3398 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3399 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3400 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3401 return 1;
f2abfe65 3402 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3403 else
3404 return 0;
f2abfe65 3405@}
b5b0480a
KB
3406@end smallexample
3407
3408The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3409to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3410example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3411one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3412behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3413
3414@smallexample
3415(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3416type = int * @@short
3417@end smallexample
3418
93e79dbd 3419
587afa38
EZ
3420@node Register Representation
3421@section Register Representation
3422
3423@menu
3424* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3425* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3426* Register Information Functions::
3427* Register and Memory Data::
3428* Register Caching::
3429@end menu
3430
3431@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3432@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3433@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3434@cindex cooked register representation
3435@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3436
3437@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3438linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3439physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3440Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3441representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3442OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3443are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3444GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3445could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3446GPRs represented as floating point values.
3447
3448For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3449hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3450hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3451@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3452the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3453
3454
3455@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3456@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3457@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3458
3459These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3460and type of registers in the architecture.
3461
3462@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3463@end deftypefn
3464@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3465
587afa38
EZ
3466Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3467functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3468counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3469@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3470be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3471function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3472ordinary register.
3473
3474Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3475cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3476
3477@end deftypefn
3478
3479@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3480@end deftypefn
3481@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3482
3483These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3484The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3485register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3486number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3487placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3488value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3489integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3490Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3491Representations}).
af6c57ea 3492
587afa38
EZ
3493The access should be for the specified architecture,
3494@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3495supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3496Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3497
587afa38 3498@end deftypefn
13d01224 3499
587afa38
EZ
3500@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3501@vindex sp_regnum
3502@cindex stack pointer
3503@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3504
587afa38
EZ
3505This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3506raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3507error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3508
587afa38
EZ
3509The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3510@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3511
3512@end deftypevr
3513
3514@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3515@vindex pc_regnum
3516@cindex program counter
3517@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3518
3519This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3520raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3521@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3522@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3523
3524The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3525through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3526@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3527
3528@end deftypevr
3529
3530@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3531@vindex ps_regnum
3532@cindex processor status register
3533@cindex status register
3534@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3535
3536This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3537the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3538defaults to -1 (not defined).
3539
3540If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3541@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3542
3543@end deftypevr
3544
3545@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3546@vindex fp0_regnum
3547@cindex first floating point register
3548
3549This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35500. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3551for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3552
587afa38 3553@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3554
587afa38
EZ
3555@node Register Information Functions
3556@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3557@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3558
587afa38
EZ
3559These functions return information about registers.
3560
3561@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3562
3563This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3564register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3565determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3566of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3567@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3568
3569For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3570General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3571register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3572register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3573@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3574that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3575the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3576@cindex frame pointer
3577@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3578Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3579register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3580@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3581architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3582have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3583pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3584used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3585
3586The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3587undefined. It should always be defined.
3588
3589The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3590
9fb4dd36
JB
3591@end deftypefn
3592
587afa38 3593@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3594
587afa38
EZ
3595Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3596may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3597creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3598provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3599together with functions to derive types from these.
3600
3601Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3602function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3603will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3604and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360564-bit integer.
3606
3607This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3608information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3609available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3610
3611@end deftypefn
3612
3613@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3614
3615Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3616@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3617function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3618type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3619register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3620for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3621
3622The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3623with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3624Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3625Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3626Functions}).
3627
3628The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3629@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3630the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3631decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3632the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3633@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3634all registers should be shown.
3635
3636By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3637line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3638
3639@end deftypefn
3640
3641@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3642
3643Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3644registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3645The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3646will be provided.
3647
3648The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3649meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3650@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3651command.
3652
3653Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3654
9fb4dd36
JB
3655@end deftypefn
3656
587afa38
EZ
3657@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3658
3659Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3660registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3661The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3662will be provided.
3663
3664The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3665same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3666string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3667vector} command.
3668
3669Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3670
9fb4dd36
JB
3671@end deftypefn
3672
587afa38
EZ
3673@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3674
3675@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3676vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3677@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3678is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3679
3680The information should be for the specified architecture,
3681@var{gdbarch}
3682
3683The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3684which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3685the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3686purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3687(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3688
3689@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3690
b6fd0dfb 3691@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3692@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3693@cindex register representation
3694@cindex memory representation
3695@cindex representations, register and memory
3696@cindex register data formats, converting
3697@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3698
587afa38
EZ
3699Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3700depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3701example:
13d01224
AC
3702
3703@itemize @bullet
3704
3705@item
3706The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3707floating-point registers.
3708
3709@item
3710The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3711@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3712bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3713
3714@end itemize
3715
3716In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3717the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3718the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3719Interface.
3720
3721For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3722representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3723However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3724following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3725between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3726
587afa38 3727@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3728
587afa38
EZ
3729Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3730this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3731value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3732(undefined).
83acabca 3733
587afa38
EZ
3734If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3735gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3736@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3737any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3738
587afa38
EZ
3739If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3740type, when no conversion is necessary.
3741@end deftypefn
13d01224 3742
587afa38 3743@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3744
587afa38
EZ
3745Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3746type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3747in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3748@var{to}.
3749
3750@quotation
3751@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3752@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3753arguments in different orders.
3754@end quotation
3755
3756@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3757for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3758non-zero value.
3759
3760@end deftypefn
3761
3762@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3763
13d01224
AC
3764Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3765raw format.
3766
587afa38
EZ
3767@quotation
3768@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3769@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3770arguments in different orders.
3771@end quotation
13d01224 3772
587afa38
EZ
3773@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3774for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3775non-zero value.
3776
3777@end deftypefn
3778
3779@node Register Caching
3780@subsection Register Caching
3781@cindex register caching
3782
3783Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3784accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3785circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3786
3787@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3788@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3789particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3790registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3791registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3792registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3793to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3794the actual registers in the target.
3795
3796Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3797ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3798when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3799users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3800@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3801
3802@findex regcache_cooked_read
3803@findex regcache_cooked_write
3804@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3805@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3806@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3807@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3808@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3809The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3810@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3811a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3812functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3813@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3814@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3815@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3816write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3817value as appropriate.
13d01224 3818
b6fd0dfb 3819@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3820@section Frame Interpretation
3821
587afa38
EZ
3822@menu
3823* All About Stack Frames::
3824* Frame Handling Terminology::
3825* Prologue Caches::
3826* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3827* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3828* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3829@end menu
3830
3831@node All About Stack Frames
3832@subsection All About Stack Frames
3833
3834@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3835variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3836variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3837for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3838function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3839back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3840
3841Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3842end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3843which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3844@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3845a key part of the ABI.
3846
3847A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3848factorials:
3849
3850@smallexample
3851#include <stdio.h>
3852int fact (int n)
3853@{
3854 if (0 == n)
3855 @{
3856 return 1;
3857 @}
3858 else
3859 @{
3860 return n * fact (n - 1);
3861 @}
3862@}
3863
3864main ()
3865@{
3866 int i;
3867
3868 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3869 @{
3870 int f = fact (i);
3871 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3872 @}
3873@}
3874@end smallexample
3875
3876Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3877main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3878calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3879}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3880
3881In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3882OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3883(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3884in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3885looks.
3886
3887@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3888
3889In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3890pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
389132-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3892Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3893indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3894pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3895-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3896from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3897a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3898compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3899functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3900stack entirely!}.
3901
3902It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3903has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3904function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3905zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3906@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3907(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3908through the chain of calls.
3909
3910The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3911 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3912its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3913the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3914with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3915a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3916
3917@node Frame Handling Terminology
3918@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3919
3920It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3921uses some precise terminology.
3922
3923@itemize @bullet
3924
3925@item
3926@cindex THIS frame
3927@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3928@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3929@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3930
3931@item
3932@cindex NEXT frame
3933@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3934@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3935The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3936frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3937
3938@item
3939@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3940@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3941@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3942The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3943the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3944
3945@end itemize
3946
3947So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3948Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3949@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3950@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3951@code{main@w{ }()}).
3952
3953@cindex innermost frame
3954@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3955@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3956The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3957function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3958of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3959
3960@cindex base of a frame
3961@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3962@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3963The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3964of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3965@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3966which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3967highest address in the frame.
3968
3969@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3970pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3971frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3972registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3973this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3974offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3975
3976@cindex unwinding
3977@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3978@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3979The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3980frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3981@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3982include unwind in their name.
3983
3984@cindex sniffing
3985@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3986@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3987The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3988should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3989that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3990in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3991the information for a particular frame.
3992
3993@cindex sentinel frame
3994@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3995@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3996Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3997about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3998this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3999@dfn{sentinel} frame.
4000
4001@node Prologue Caches
4002@subsection Prologue Caches
4003
4004@cindex function prologue
4005@cindex prologue of a function
4006All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4007start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4008registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4009registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4010function @dfn{prologue}.
4011
4012@cindex prologue cache
4013For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4014standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4015the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4016@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4017values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4018calls involving the same frame.
4019
4020It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4021@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4022storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4023@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4024routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4025THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4026struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4027where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4028frame.
4029
4030Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4031frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4032sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4033and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4034pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4035additional analysis.
4036
4037@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4038@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4039
4040These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4041to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4042required.
4043
4044@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4045
4046The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4047function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4048etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4049the prologue.
4050
4051This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4052counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4053the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4054optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4055the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4056information, making the job much easier.
4057
4058The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4059be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4060if that is available.
4061
4062@end deftypefn
4063
4064@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4065@findex core_addr_lessthan
4066@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4067
4068Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4069represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4070is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4071memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4072@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4073explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4074
4075The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4076be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4077functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4078down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4079in memory).
4080
4081@end deftypefn
4082
4083@anchor{frame_align}
4084@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4085@findex align_down
4086@findex align_up
4087
4088The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4089aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4090double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4091single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4092the end of a stack frame.
4093
4094Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4095returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4096
4097The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4098for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4099misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4100stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4101implementation of this function.
4102
4103@end deftypefn
4104
4105@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4106
4107Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4108functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4109example the OpenRISC 1000).
4110
4111This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4112(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4113describing this scratch area.
4114
4115The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4116red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4117@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4118
4119@end deftypevr
4120
4121@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4122@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4123
4124These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4125stack frame.
4126
4127@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4128
4129This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4130About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4131represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4132PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4133one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4134
4135The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4136is typically no more than:
4137
4138@smallexample
4139ULONGEST pc;
4140pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4141return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4142@end smallexample
4143
4144@end deftypefn
4145
4146@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4147
4148This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4149(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4150frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4151the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4152THIS one).
4153
4154The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4155is typically no more than:
4156
4157@smallexample
4158ULONGEST sp;
4159sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4160return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4161@end smallexample
4162
4163@end deftypefn
4164
4165@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4166
4167This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4168About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4169represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4170passed, or -1 if not known.
4171
4172The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4173arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4174architectures this will be a suitable default.
4175
4176@end deftypefn
4177
4178@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4179@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4180
4181When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4182struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4183appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4184
4185Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4186entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4187be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4188@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4189architectures using the following functions.
4190
4191@itemize @bullet
4192
4193@item
4194@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4195@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4196analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4197
4198@item
4199@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4200@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4201which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4202
4203@item
4204@findex frame_base_set_default
4205@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4206sniffer.
4207
4208@end itemize
4209
4210These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4211they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4212called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4213@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4214most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4215
4216The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4217@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4218a set of sniffing functions:
4219
4220@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4221@smallexample
4222struct frame_unwind
4223@{
4224 enum frame_type type;
4225 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4226 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4227 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4228 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4229 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4230 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4231@};
4232@end smallexample
4233
4234The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4235handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4236Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4237handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4238efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4239
4240The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4241relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4242additional information for signal handler frames.
4243
4244The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4245information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4246functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4247be tried instead.
4248
4249@itemize @bullet
4250
4251@item
4252@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4253entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4254
4255@item
4256@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4257the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4258
4259@item
4260@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4261determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4262
4263@item
4264@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4265frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4266(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4267, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4268
4269@item
4270@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4271the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4272Caches}).
4273
4274@end itemize
4275
4276In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4277fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4278
4279The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4280frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4281struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4282within the frame.
4283
4284@cindex @code{frame_base}
4285@smallexample
4286struct frame_base
4287@{
4288 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4289 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4290 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4291 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4292@};
4293@end smallexample
4294
4295All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4296argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4297base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4298@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4299frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4300base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4301
4302As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4303immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4304stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4305it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4306same address is also the base address for local variables and
4307arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4308entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4309other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4310@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4311used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4312@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4313OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4314case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4315defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4316
b6fd0dfb 4317@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4318@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4319@cindex calls to the inferior
4320
4321@menu
4322* About Dummy Frames::
4323* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4324@end menu
4325
4326@node About Dummy Frames
4327@subsection About Dummy Frames
4328@cindex dummy frames
4329
4330@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4331using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4332breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4333breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4334
4335This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4336been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4337This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4338such function calls.
4339
4340@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4341@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4342
4343The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4344@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4345
4346@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4347
4348This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4349called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4350and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4351appropriate for the ABI.
4352
4353@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4354that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4355values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4356function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4357regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4358arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4359values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4360a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4361structure should be returned.
4362
4363 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4364target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4365registers set up just as expected.
4366
4367The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4368function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4369call functions within the target being debugged.
4370
4371@end deftypefn
4372
4373@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4374
4375This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4376pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4377a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4378contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4379used.
4380
4381The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4382@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4383which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4384counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4385
4386The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4387defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4388
587afa38
EZ
4389@end deftypefn
4390
4391@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4392
4393If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4394call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4395target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4396there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4397breakpoint.
c906108c 4398
587afa38
EZ
4399It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4400writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4401executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4402breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4403
587afa38
EZ
4404If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4405to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4406dummy call should return.
4407
4408The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4409@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4410type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4411to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4412should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4413address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4414the updated innermost stack address.
4415
4416@quotation
4417@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4418Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4419@end quotation
4420
4421@end deftypefn
4422
4423@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4424@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4425
4426This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4427together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4428target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4429
4430@table @code
4431
4a9bb1df
UW
4432@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4433@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4434If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4435really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4436@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4437in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4438
4439For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44402.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4441instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4442boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4443address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4444example look like that:
4445@smallexample
4446arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4447@{
4448 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4449@}
4450@end smallexample
c906108c 4451
4a9bb1df
UW
4452@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4453@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4454If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4455referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4456and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4457return 0.
4458
4459The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4460@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4461possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4462@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4463
4a9bb1df
UW
4464@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4465@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4466Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4467has been defined.
4468
4a9bb1df
UW
4469@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4470@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4471Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4472the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4473used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4474returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4475@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4476values or'd together.
4477@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4478
4a9bb1df
UW
4479@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4480@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4481Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4482been defined.
4483
4a9bb1df
UW
4484@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4485@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4486Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4487flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4488
4a9bb1df
UW
4489@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4490@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4491Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4492@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4493
4a9bb1df
UW
4494@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4495@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4496Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4497@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4498This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4499C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4500@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4501
4a9bb1df
UW
4502@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4503@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4504Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4505parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4506original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4507
32c9a795
MD
4508@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4509@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4510This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4511the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4512are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4513
32c9a795
MD
4514@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4515@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4516Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4517bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4518little-endian.
4519
c906108c 4520@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4521@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4522This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4523memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4524instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4525pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4526longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4527
56caf160 4528@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4529@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4530
c906108c 4531@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4532@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4533@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4534@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4535Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4536
56caf160 4537@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4538favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4539
4a9bb1df
UW
4540@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4541@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4542@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4543contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4544a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4545length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4546counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4547breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4548software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4549
4550Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4551not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4552instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4553instruction of the architecture.
4554
a655d424
JK
4555Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4556detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4557an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4558breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4559arbitrary parameter value.
4560
7a292a7a
SS
4561Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4562
4a9bb1df
UW
4563@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4564@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4565@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4566@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4567Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4568(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4569@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4570provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4571architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4572@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4573conventional manner.
4574
4575It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4576custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4577@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4578reason.
4579
4a9bb1df
UW
4580@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4581@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4582@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4583Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4584address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4585breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4586
4587The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4588The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4589instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4590instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4591one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4592in parallel.
4593
4594In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4595from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4596information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4597refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4598if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4599statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4600instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4601(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4602in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4603at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4604
4a9bb1df 4605The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4606breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4607the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4608
4609Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4610expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4611is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4612
4a9bb1df
UW
4613@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4614@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4615See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4616
4a9bb1df
UW
4617This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4618(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4619
4a9bb1df
UW
4620@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4621@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4622This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4623from an inferior process.
c906108c 4624
4a9bb1df
UW
4625@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4626@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4627This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4628written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4629status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4630default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4631
4a9bb1df
UW
4632@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4633@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4634Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4635@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4636@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4637
a53f55d8
PA
4638@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4639@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4640This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4641if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4642
4a9bb1df
UW
4643@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4644@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4645This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4646program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4647@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4648
56caf160
EZ
4649@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4650@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4651If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4652library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4653
4a9bb1df
UW
4654@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4655@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4656Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4657If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4658
4a9bb1df
UW
4659@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4660@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4661Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4662not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4663
c906108c 4664@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4665@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4666@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4667@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4668If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4669look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4670are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4671respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4672
4a9bb1df
UW
4673@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4674@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4675This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4676will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4677breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4678target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4679of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4680offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4681from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4682to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4683
268e2188
AC
4684@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4685@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4686Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4687conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4688feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4689repenting at leisure.
4690
9742079a
EZ
4691@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4692An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4693support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4694
4a9bb1df 4695@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4696@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4697Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4698The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4699the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4700final `return from function call' instruction.
4701
4a9bb1df
UW
4702@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4703@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4704Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4705trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4706
cfd8ab24
SS
4707@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4708@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4709Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4710dynamic linker.
4711
56caf160
EZ
4712@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4713@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4714Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4715should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4716function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4717to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4718stepping will suffice.
4719
4a9bb1df
UW
4720@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4721@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4722@cindex converting integers to addresses
4723Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4724conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4725the current architectures conventions.
4726
4727@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4728their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4729@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4730computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4731major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4732other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4733conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4734out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4735to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4736disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4737method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4738@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4739
4740@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4741Addresses}.
4742
4a9bb1df
UW
4743@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4744@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4745Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4746appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4747address the pointer refers to.
4748@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4749
4a9bb1df
UW
4750@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4751@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4752Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4753@var{type}.
4281a42e 4754@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4755
9fb4dd36 4756@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4757@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4758Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4759form.
13d01224 4760@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4761
4762@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4763@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4764Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4765form.
13d01224 4766@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4767
0ab4b752
MK
4768@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4769@findex regset_from_core_section
4770Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4771@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4772
b0ed3589 4773@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4774@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4775Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4776mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4777
d3e8051b 4778@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4779@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4780A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4781@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4782the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4783for examples.
4784
e35879db
UW
4785@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4786@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4787Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4788debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4789them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4790address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4791linking faster.
4792
4793Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4794argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4795are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4796debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4797addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4798mark the starts and ends of functions.
4799
4800In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4801
4802@itemize @bullet
4803@item
4804@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4805addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4806taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4807minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4808has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4809that carries the address.
4810
4811@item
4812@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4813@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4814guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4815@end itemize
4816
4a9bb1df
UW
4817@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4818@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4819@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4820nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4821instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4822
c906108c 4823@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 4824@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4825A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
4826
4a9bb1df
UW
4827@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4828@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4829@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4830the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4831code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4832the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4833
86fe4aaa 4834@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4835function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4836
b24da7d0 4837Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4838
4a9bb1df
UW
4839@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4840@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4841@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4842instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4843called function should return.
4844
4845Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4846should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4847the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4848
4849By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4850(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4851reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4852
1f70da6a 4853This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4854
4a9bb1df
UW
4855@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4856@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4857Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4858regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4859
963e2bb7 4860@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4861@findex gdbarch_return_value
4862@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4863type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4864would use.
4865
4866@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4867@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4868in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4869value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4870passed in as the function's first parameter.
4871
963e2bb7
AC
4872If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4873non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4874@var{regcache}.
4875
963e2bb7 4876If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4877non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4878@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4879just returned function).
4880
92ad9cd9
AC
4881@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4882store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4883the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4884@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4885instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4886return-value extract and store.}
4887
4888@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4889parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4890that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4891then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4892@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4893
4894@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4895to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4896@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4897limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4898
4a9bb1df
UW
4899@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4900@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4901Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4902steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4903re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4904hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4905doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4906processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4907This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4908of a branch or jump.
4909
4a9bb1df
UW
4910@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4911@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4912If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4913the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4914that is at the start of the real function.
4915
1f70da6a
SS
4916@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4917@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4918If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4919number of that register.
4920
4a9bb1df
UW
4921@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4922@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4923Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4924regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4925
c906108c 4926@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4927@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4928The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4929current sources.)
4930
c906108c 4931@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4932@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4933Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4934
4a9bb1df
UW
4935@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4936@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4937Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4938it should be unsigned.
4939
4940The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4941equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4942character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4943Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4944on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4945
4a9bb1df
UW
4946@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4947@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4948Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4949
4a9bb1df
UW
4950@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4951@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4952Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4953
4a9bb1df
UW
4954@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4955@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4956Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4957
4a9bb1df
UW
4958@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4959@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4960Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4961
4a9bb1df
UW
4962@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4963@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4964Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4965defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4966
4967@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4968@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4969Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4970@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4971
4972@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4973@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4974Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4975@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4976
4977@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4978@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4979Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4980
4a9bb1df
UW
4981@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4982@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4983Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4984frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4985pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4986@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4987no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4988
587afa38
EZ
4989@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4990@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4991
9742079a
EZ
4992@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4993If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4994watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4995other related macros.
4996
4a9bb1df
UW
4997@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4998@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4999This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5000instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5001debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5002This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5003(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5004type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5005@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5006instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5007
669fac23
DJ
5008@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5009@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5010@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5011frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5012frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5013previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5014
4a9bb1df
UW
5015@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5016@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5017Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5018@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5019
c906108c
SS
5020@end table
5021
5022Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5023
56caf160 5024@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5025@item BPT_VECTOR
5026Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5027not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5028
5029@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5030Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5031
56caf160 5032@end ftable
c906108c 5033
b6fd0dfb 5034@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5035@section Adding a New Target
5036
56caf160 5037@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5038The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5039
5040@table @file
f0323ca0 5041@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5042
c906108c
SS
5043@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5044Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5045some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5046
af6c57ea
AC
5047@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5048@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5049This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5050processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5051targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5052
c906108c
SS
5053@end table
5054
1f70da6a
SS
5055(Target header files such as
5056@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5057@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5058@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5059
587afa38
EZ
5060@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5061A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5062defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5063convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5064example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5065@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5066@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5067
5068The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5069contain the implementation of the
5070@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5071@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5072statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5073@kbd{configure} script.
5074
5075@quotation
5076@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5077corresponding binaries should be included in
5078@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5079dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5080@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5081show these dependencies.
5082@end quotation
5083
5084@findex gdbarch_register
5085A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5086the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5087@code{gdbarch_register}:
5088
5089@smallexample
5090void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5091 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5092 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5093@end smallexample
5094
5095This function has been described fully in an earlier
5096section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5097Architecture is Represented}.
5098
5099The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5100the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5101describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5102(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5103the same processor architecture.
5104
123dc839
DJ
5105@node Target Descriptions
5106@chapter Target Descriptions
5107@cindex target descriptions
5108
5109The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5110contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5111some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5112instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5113@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5114more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5115directly.
5116
5117For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5118target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5119Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5120topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5121
5122@menu
5123* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5124* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5125@end menu
5126
5127@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5128@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5129@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5130
5131Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5132an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5133reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5134new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5135
5136A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5137@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5138@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5139the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
514064-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5141
5142If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5143incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5144@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5145architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5146new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5147a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5148of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5149properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5150see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5151
5152@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5153@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5154@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5155
5156Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5157instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5158specific routines to support this.
5159
5160A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5161set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5162with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5163responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5164everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5165mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5166standard registers.
5167
5168If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5169registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5170
5171@itemize @bullet
5172
5173@item
5174Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5175searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5176
5177@item
5178Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5179
5180@item
5181Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5182to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5183
5184@item
5185Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5186feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5187the description was incomplete.
5188
5189@item
5190Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5191is called.
5192
5193@item
5194Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5195fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5196
5197@item
5198Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5199returning it.
5200
5201@end itemize
5202
5203After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5204@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5205routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5206the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5207for any additional registers in the description.
5208
5209Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5210
5211@itemize @bullet
5212
5213@item
5214Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5215constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5216as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5217pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5218which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5219can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5220@code{num_regs} instead.
5221
5222@item
5223The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5224architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5225@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5226@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5227describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5228internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5229gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5230
5231@end itemize
5232
5233
c906108c
SS
5234@node Target Vector Definition
5235
5236@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5237@cindex target vector
c906108c 5238
56caf160
EZ
5239The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5240abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5241actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5242@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5243each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5244
52bb452f
DJ
5245@menu
5246* Managing Execution State::
5247* Existing Targets::
5248@end menu
5249
5250@node Managing Execution State
5251@section Managing Execution State
5252@cindex execution state
5253
5254A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5255stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5256manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5257inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5258active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5259when the target has exited or not yet started.
5260
5261For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5262not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5263accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5264program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5265remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5266are directed to the simulator.
5267
5268A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5269onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5270@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5271@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5272
5273A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5274still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5275@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5276call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5277in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5278after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5279time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5280@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5281@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5282@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5283@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5284target to inactive state.
5285
5286@node Existing Targets
5287@section Existing Targets
5288@cindex targets
5289
5290@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5291
5292Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5293
52bb452f 5294@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5295
587afa38
EZ
5296@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5297runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5298@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5299systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5300operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5301have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5302protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5303
56caf160
EZ
5304The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5305your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5306SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5307program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5308
5309The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5310@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5311
5312@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5313@item
5314%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5315
56caf160
EZ
5316@item
5317traps are disabled;
c906108c 5318
56caf160
EZ
5319@item
5320you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5321@end enumerate
5322
5323As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5324is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5325The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5326hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5327which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5328set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5329first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5330
5331For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5332``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5333and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5334controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5335trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5336do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5337of the debugger/stub.
5338
5339From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5340They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5341
52bb452f 5342@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5343
52bb452f 5344@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5345
52bb452f 5346@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5347
52bb452f 5348@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5349
5350
5351@node Native Debugging
5352
5353@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5354@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5355
25822942 5356Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5357
5358@table @file
56caf160 5359@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5360@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5361Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5362machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5363native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5364Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5365@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5366define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5367@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5368
7fd60527
AC
5369@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5370originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5371on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5372purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5373eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5374suffix.}
5375
c906108c 5376@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5377(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5378macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5379child process control and core file support.
5380
5381@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5382Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5383this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5384@end table
5385
5386There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5387various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5388defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5389the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5390@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5391
5392Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5393to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5394Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5395into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5396
5397@table @file
c906108c
SS
5398@item inftarg.c
5399This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5400processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5401
5402@item procfs.c
5403This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5404processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5405
5406@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5407This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5408and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5409
5410@item infptrace.c
5411This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5412the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5413@end table
5414
5415@section Native core file Support
56caf160 5416@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
5417
5418@table @file
56caf160 5419@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
5420@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
5421Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
5422@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
5423files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
5424just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
5425@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
5426
5427@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
5428If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
5429@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 5430set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
5431register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
5432``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
5433@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
5434use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
5435you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
5436to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
5437@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
5438the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
5439@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
5440@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
5441implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
5442@end table
5443
25822942 5444When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
5445possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
5446code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
5447@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
5448machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
5449(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
5450@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 5451exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 5452modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
5453section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
5454segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
5455information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 5456sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
5457section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
5458standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
5459around in.
5460
25822942 5461Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 5462@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
5463@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
5464It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
5465its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
5466segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 5467register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
5468
5469If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
5470format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
5471reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
5472
5473@section ptrace
5474
5475@section /proc
5476
5477@section win32
5478
5479@section shared libraries
5480
5481@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5482@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5483
56caf160
EZ
5484When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5485defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5486target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5487undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5488
1f6d4158
AC
5489@table @code
5490
9742079a
EZ
5491@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5492An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5493support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5494
c906108c 5495@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 5496@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
5497Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
5498defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
5499definition in @file{procfs.c}.
5500
990f9fe3 5501@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5502@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5503Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5504@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5505@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5506processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5507
5508@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5509@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5510Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5511want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5512
5513@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5514@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5515When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5516twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5517the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5518number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5519expand into the number expected.
5520
c906108c
SS
5521@end table
5522
c906108c
SS
5523@node Support Libraries
5524
5525@chapter Support Libraries
5526
5527@section BFD
56caf160 5528@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5529
25822942 5530BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5531
5532@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5533@item identifying executable and core files
5534BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5535several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5536
5537@item access to sections of files
5538BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5539sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5540(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5541calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5542length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5543
5544@item specialized core file support
5545BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5546core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5547file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5548file.
5549
5550@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5551@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5552symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5553handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5554symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5555string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5556@end table
5557
5558@section opcodes
56caf160 5559@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5560
25822942 5561The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5562library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5563
5564@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5565@cindex readline library
5566The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5567that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5568
5569@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5570@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5571
5572The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5573that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5574systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5575groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5576environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5577a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5578functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5579beyond standard functions).
5580
5581@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5582library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5583floating format support functions, the input options parser
5584@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5585
5586@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5587@cindex @code{obstacks}
5588
5589The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5590chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5591like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5592allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5593@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5594@code{obstacks}).
5595
5596The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5597object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5598representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5599these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5600symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5601fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5602offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5603string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5604information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5605unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5606various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5607names of types.
5608
5609An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5610that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5611various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5612once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5613function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5614deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5615start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5616@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5617obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5618happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5619is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5620obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5621@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5622else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5623use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5624
5625Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5626under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5627longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5628when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5629new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5630
5631@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5632@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5633
5634Regex conditionals.
5635
5636@table @code
c906108c
SS
5637@item C_ALLOCA
5638
5639@item NFAILURES
5640
5641@item RE_NREGS
5642
5643@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5644
5645@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5646
5647@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5648
5649@item Sword
5650
5651@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5652@end table
5653
350da6ee
DJ
5654@section Array Containers
5655@cindex Array Containers
5656@cindex VEC
5657
5658Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5659objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5660and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5661and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5662inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5663Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5664
5665An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5666The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5667the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5668bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5669accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5670but implemented in C.
5671
5672Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5673and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5674these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5675pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5676stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5677dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5678object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5679elements are returned by value.
5680
5681There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5682returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5683variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5684the address-of can be optimized away.
5685
5686The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5687are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5688itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5689--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5690field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5691use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5692such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5693the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5694(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5695@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5696minimal space in the structure containing them.
5697
5698Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5699available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5700that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5701(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5702needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5703If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5704to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5705@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5706elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5707too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5708but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5709is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5710can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5711
5712You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5713remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5714in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5715operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5716There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5717ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5718@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5719into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5720@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5721the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5722
5723If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5724accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5725@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5726vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5727
5728Vector types are defined using a
5729@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5730type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5731characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5732@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5733(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5734awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5735check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5736@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5737that is not possible in plain C.
5738
5739An example of their use would be,
5740
5741@smallexample
5742DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5743
5744struct my_struct @{
5745 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5746@};
5747
5748struct my_struct *s;
5749
5750if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5751VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5752for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5753 @{ do something with elt @}
5754
5755@end smallexample
5756
5757The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5758accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5759
5760@table @code
5761@item VEC_length
5762Return the number of items in the array,
5763
5764@item VEC_empty
5765Return true if the array has no elements.
5766
5767@item VEC_last
5768@itemx VEC_index
5769Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5770
5771@item VEC_iterate
5772Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5773traversed.
5774
5775@item VEC_alloc
5776@itemx VEC_free
5777Create and destroy an array.
5778
5779@item VEC_embedded_size
5780@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5781Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5782
5783@item VEC_copy
5784Duplicate an array.
5785
5786@item VEC_space
5787Return the amount of free space in an array.
5788
5789@item VEC_reserve
5790Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5791
5792@item VEC_quick_push
5793@itemx VEC_safe_push
5794Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5795sure that it is.
5796
5797@item VEC_pop
5798Remove the last item from an array.
5799
5800@item VEC_truncate
5801Remove several items from the end of an array.
5802
5803@item VEC_safe_grow
5804Add several items to the end of an array.
5805
5806@item VEC_replace
5807Overwrite an item in the array.
5808
5809@item VEC_quick_insert
5810@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5811Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5812already exist, or the space is created.
5813
5814@item VEC_ordered_remove
5815@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5816Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5817
5818@item VEC_block_remove
5819Remove a set of items from the array.
5820
5821@item VEC_address
5822Provide the address of the first element.
5823
5824@item VEC_lower_bound
5825Binary search the array.
5826
5827@end table
5828
c906108c
SS
5829@section include
5830
5831@node Coding
5832
5833@chapter Coding
5834
5835This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5836algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5837
5838@section Cleanups
56caf160 5839@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5840
5841Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5842later.
c906108c 5843
cc1cb004
AC
5844When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5845@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5846the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5847cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5848and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5849is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5850cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5851created.
c906108c
SS
5852
5853Syntax:
5854
5855@table @code
c906108c
SS
5856@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5857Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5858
56caf160 5859@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5860@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5861Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5862@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5863handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5864@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5865@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5866from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5867
56caf160 5868@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5869@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5870Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5871@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5872
5873@findex discard_cleanups
5874@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5875Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5876the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5877@end table
5878
5879Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5880@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5881later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5882performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5883
474c8240 5884@smallexample
c906108c 5885make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5886@{
5887 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5888 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5889 ...
5890 do_cleanups (old);
5891@}
474c8240 5892@end smallexample
56caf160 5893
c906108c 5894@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5895will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5896cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5897be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5898
5899Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5900Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5901will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5902to two common cleanup styles.
5903
5904The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5905@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5906code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5907code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5908called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5909@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5910
474c8240 5911@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5912struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5913data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5914make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5915... blah blah ...
5916do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5917@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5918
5919The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5920@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5921any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5922code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5923an error:
5924
474c8240 5925@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5926FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5927struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5928... blah blah ...
5929discard_cleanups (old);
5930return file;
474c8240 5931@end smallexample
c906108c 5932
c1468174 5933Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5934that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5935means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5936interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5937functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5938@samp{longjmp} instead).
5939
ba8c9337
AC
5940@section Per-architecture module data
5941@cindex per-architecture module data
5942@cindex multi-arch data
5943@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5944
fc989b7a
AC
5945The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5946specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5947architecture object.
5948
5949A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5950
587afa38 5951@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5952@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5953per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5954in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5955architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5956and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5957@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5958
587afa38 5959@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5960@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5961per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5962always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5963initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5964per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5965other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5966create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5967@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5968
fc989b7a
AC
5969These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5970identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5971
fc989b7a 5972The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5973
587afa38 5974@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5975Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5976@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5977or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5978current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5979pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5980corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5981@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5982
fc989b7a 5983The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5984
5985@smallexample
e7f16015 5986struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5987static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5988@end smallexample
5989
fc989b7a
AC
5990A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5991per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5992per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5993creation.
ba8c9337 5994
fc989b7a
AC
5995In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5996architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5997from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5998
5999@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6000static void *
6001nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 6002@{
fc989b7a
AC
6003 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
6004 return data;
6005@}
ba8c9337
AC
6006@end smallexample
6007
ba8c9337 6008@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6009extern void
6010set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 6011@{
ba8c9337 6012 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 6013 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
6014@}
6015@end smallexample
6016
587afa38 6017A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 6018using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 6019
fc989b7a
AC
6020In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
6021@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
6022architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
6023
6024@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6025static void *
6026nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6027@{
fc989b7a
AC
6028 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
6029 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
6030 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
6031@}
6032@end smallexample
6033
6034@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
6035extern int
6036nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 6037@{
fc989b7a
AC
6038 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
6039 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
6040@}
6041@end smallexample
6042
c906108c 6043@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 6044@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 6045
56caf160 6046@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
6047Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
6048or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
6049added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
6050routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
6051exceeded.
6052
6053The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
6054printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
6055away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6056@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6057@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6058return!
6059
56caf160 6060It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6061space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6062indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6063the line wraps there.
6064
6065Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6066finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6067to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6068print warnings are a good example.
6069
25822942 6070@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6071@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6072
25822942 6073@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6074@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6075FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6076of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6077but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6078
56caf160
EZ
6079@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6080@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6081
af6c57ea 6082
b9aa90c9 6083@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6084
b9aa90c9
AC
6085@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6086compiler.
af6c57ea 6087
b9aa90c9 6088@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6089
6090
6091@subsection Memory Management
6092
6093@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6094@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6095
6096@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6097@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6098these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6099they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6100@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6101
6102@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6103memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6104behavior.}
6105
6106@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6107
6108@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6109memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6110free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6111
6112@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6113@code{NULL} pointer.}
6114
6115@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6116allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6117
6118@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6119restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6120
6121@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6122function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6123
6124@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6125functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6126errors.}
6127
6128
6129@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6130@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6131
aa79a185
DJ
6132With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6133@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6134are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6135building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6136
6137This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6138with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6139from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6140
6141The current list of warning flags includes:
6142
6143@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6144@item -Wall
6145Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6146
aa79a185 6147@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6148
aa79a185
DJ
6149@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6150code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6151
aa79a185 6152@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6153
aa79a185
DJ
6154@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6155Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6156might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6157Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6158@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6159but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6160
7be93b9e
JB
6161@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6162In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6163assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6164signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6165carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6166the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6167worth the time it would take.
6168
aa79a185
DJ
6169@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6170Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6171unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6172@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6173it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6174is being used.
6175
6176@item -Wno-unused
6177@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6178@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6179These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6180currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6181
aa79a185 6182@end table
c906108c
SS
6183
6184@subsection Formatting
6185
56caf160 6186@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6187The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6188strictly.
6189
af6c57ea
AC
6190A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6191function definition should have its name in column zero.
6192
474c8240 6193@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6194/* Declaration */
6195static void foo (void);
6196/* Definition */
6197void
6198foo (void)
6199@{
6200@}
474c8240 6201@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6202
6203@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6204be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6205
af6c57ea
AC
6206There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6207parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6208required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6209or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6210
6211While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6212more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6213after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6214whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6215for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6216
6217Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6218
474c8240 6219@smallexample
af6c57ea 6220void *foo;
474c8240 6221@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6222
6223@noindent
6224and not:
6225
474c8240 6226@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6227void * foo;
6228void* foo;
474c8240 6229@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6230
6231@subsection Comments
6232
56caf160 6233@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6234The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6235
af6c57ea
AC
6236Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6237@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6238
474c8240 6239@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6240/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6241 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6242 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6243 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6244 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6245@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6246
6247(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6248comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6249
6250Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6251variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6252
6253In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6254than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6255line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6256than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6257
6258@subsection C Usage
6259
56caf160 6260@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6261Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6262host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6263of evaluation of expressions.
6264
56caf160 6265@cindex function usage
c906108c 6266Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6267in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6268call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6269limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6270
6271However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6272are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6273
af6c57ea 6274@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6275(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6276protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6277
6278@cindex types
c906108c 6279
af6c57ea
AC
6280Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6281declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6282
6283
6284@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6285@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6286
6287Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6288a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6289argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6290function definition.
c906108c 6291
53a5351d
JM
6292All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6293callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6294be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6295visible to random source files.
c906108c 6296
af6c57ea
AC
6297Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6298that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6299
6300
6301@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6302
6303During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6304User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6305entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6306object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6307Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6308run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6309
6310When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6311@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6312
6313@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6314
6315@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6316the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6317@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6318error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6319
6320@subsection File Names
6321
6322Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6323case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6324unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6325
6326@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6327platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6328is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6329@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6330convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6331@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6332@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6333
6334Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6335of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6336
6337@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6338
6339When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6340@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6341@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6342independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6343the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6344should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6345programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6346
6347For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6348
6349
6350@subsection Include Files
6351
e2b28d04 6352A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6353
e2b28d04
AC
6354A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6355declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6356indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6357
e2b28d04
AC
6358A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6359declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6360indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6361be directly included.
af6c57ea 6362
e2b28d04 6363An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6364
e2b28d04
AC
6365An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6366Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6367pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6368
6369A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6370
6371An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6372files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6373@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6374
6375All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6376
474c8240 6377@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6378#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6379#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6380header body
6381#endif
474c8240 6382@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6383
c906108c 6384
dab11f21 6385@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6386
56caf160 6387@cindex design
c906108c 6388In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6389semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6390experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6391trouble.
6392
56caf160 6393@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6394You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6395(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6396must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6397@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6398such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6399
6400You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6401the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6402current @code{target_ops} vector.
6403
6404You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6405(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6406assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6407host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6408written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6409copyright problems.
6410
56caf160 6411@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6412Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6413to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6414systems.
6415
56caf160 6416@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6417New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6418or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6419for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6420features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6421has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6422often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6423predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6424time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6425with regard to this feature.
6426
6427Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6428target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6429
dab11f21
EZ
6430@cindex portable file name handling
6431@cindex file names, portability
6432One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6433creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6434assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6435a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6436directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6437necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6438system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6439name, use the following portable macros:
6440
6441@table @code
6442@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6443@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6444This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6445whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6446symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6447such hosts.
6448
6449@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6450@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6451Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6452character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6453such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6454pass.
6455
6456@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6457@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6458Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6459For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6460@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6461@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6462
6463@findex FILENAME_CMP
6464@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6465Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6466appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6467this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6468will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6469
6470@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6471@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6472Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6473@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6474This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6475
6476@findex SLASH_STRING
6477@item SLASH_STRING
6478This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6479absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6480@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6481@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6482@end table
6483
6484In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6485functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6486basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6487@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6488platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6489with @code{strrchr}.
6490
25822942
DB
6491Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6492attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6493multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6494by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6495well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6496something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6497using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6498@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6499current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6500is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6501implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6502attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6503formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6504
56caf160
EZ
6505Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6506the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6507@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6508something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6509consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6510with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6511file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6512radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6513
af6c57ea
AC
6514All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6515@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6516messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6517@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6518
c906108c 6519
8487521e 6520@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6521
25822942 6522@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6523@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6524
56caf160 6525Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6526specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6527architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6528
56caf160 6529@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6530
587afa38
EZ
6531@item
6532Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6533the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6534modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6535
587afa38
EZ
6536@item
6537Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6538directory.
56caf160 6539
587afa38
EZ
6540@item
6541Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6542(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6543for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6544that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6545definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6546@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6547
6548Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6549@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6550@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6551gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6552
587afa38
EZ
6553@item
6554If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6555by defining a function
6556@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6557use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6558the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6559
587afa38
EZ
6560@item
6561If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6562should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6563in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6564
56caf160 6565@item
587afa38
EZ
6566Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6567have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6568
56caf160 6569@item
587afa38
EZ
6570Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6571guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6572Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6573
56caf160 6574@end itemize
c906108c 6575
d52fe014
AC
6576@node Versions and Branches
6577@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6578
d52fe014 6579@section Versions
8973da3a 6580
d52fe014
AC
6581@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6582@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6583
d52fe014
AC
6584@table @asis
6585@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6586@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6587an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6588@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6589a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65906.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6591@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6592a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65936.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6594@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6595a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6596@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6597may include additional changes
d52fe014 6598@end table
fb0ff88f 6599
d52fe014
AC
6600@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6601numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6602of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6603@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6604
53531fc1
AC
6605@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6606@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6607drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6608first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6609@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6610@var{patchlevel}.
6611
6612For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6613identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6614
6615@table @asis
6616@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6617drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6618@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6619@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6620drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
66216.1.90.20020304)
6622@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6623@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6624drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6625@end table
fb0ff88f 6626
d52fe014
AC
6627If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
66286.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6629here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6630
d52fe014
AC
6631@smallexample
6632 <HEAD>
6633 |
53531fc1 66346.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6635 |
53531fc1 6636 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6637 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6638 | |
53531fc1
AC
66396.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6640 | |
66416.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6642 | |
66436.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6644 | |
53531fc1
AC
66456.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6646 | |
66476.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6648 | |
66496.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6650 | |
66516.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6652 | |
66536.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6654 |
53531fc1 66556.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6656 |
53531fc1 6657 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6658 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6659 | |
66606.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6661 | |
d52fe014 6662@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6663
d52fe014
AC
6664@section Release Branches
6665@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6666
d52fe014
AC
6667@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6668single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6669branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6670
d52fe014
AC
6671@smallexample
6672gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6673gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6674gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6675@end smallexample
6676
6677@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6678release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6679date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6680branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6681
6682@section Vendor Branches
6683@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6684
6685To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6686@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6687(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6688its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6689Inc Patch 2)}.
6690
6691@section Experimental Branches
6692@cindex experimental branches
6693
6694@subsection Guidelines
6695
6696@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6697repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6698for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6699significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6700
d52fe014 6701The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6702
d52fe014
AC
6703@table @emph
6704
6705@item a branch has an owner
6706The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6707ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6708adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6709
6710@item all commits are posted
6711All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6712@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6713mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6714should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6715
6716@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6717This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6718and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6719
6720@item a branch is focused
6721A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6722unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6723be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6724
6725@item a branch tracks mainline
6726This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6727pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6728mainline.
6729
6730@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6731The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6732branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6733
6734@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6735The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6736the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6737@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6738
6739@end table
fb0ff88f 6740
d52fe014
AC
6741@subsection Tags
6742@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6743
d52fe014
AC
6744To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6745branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6746
d52fe014 6747@table @code
fb0ff88f 6748
d52fe014
AC
6749@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6750@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6751The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6752date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6753sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6754@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6755cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6756cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6757 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6758@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6759
d52fe014
AC
6760@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6761The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6762on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6763use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6764@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6765cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6766cvs update \
6767 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6768 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6769@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6770@noindent
6771Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6772merge.
6773
6774@end table
fb0ff88f 6775
d52fe014
AC
6776@noindent
6777For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6778@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6779
55f6ca0f
JB
6780@node Start of New Year Procedure
6781@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6782@cindex new year procedure
6783
6784At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6785
6786@itemize @bullet
6787@item
6788Rotate the ChangeLog file
6789
6790The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6791@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6792A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6793contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6794also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6795the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6796@smallexample
6797Local Variables:
6798mode: change-log
6799left-margin: 8
6800fill-column: 74
6801version-control: never
9cb011d3 6802coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6803End:
6804@end smallexample
6805
7f893741
JB
6806@item
6807Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6808in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6809
55f6ca0f
JB
6810@item
6811Update the copyright year in the startup message
6812
9cb011d3
JB
6813Update the copyright year in:
6814@itemize @bullet
6815@item file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6816@item file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6817@item file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
6818@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6819
6820@item
6821Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6822files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6823script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6824
55f6ca0f
JB
6825@end itemize
6826
d52fe014 6827@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6828
d52fe014
AC
6829@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6830@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6831
9bb0a4d8
AC
6832@section Branch Commit Policy
6833
6834The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68355.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6836
6837@itemize @bullet
6838@item
6839The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6840@item
6841Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6842trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6843file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6844@item
6845When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6846Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6847when debugging a static binary?
6848@item
6849The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6850the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6851@item
6852Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6853sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6854@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6855@end itemize
6856
6857@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6858functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6859This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6860reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6861
6862
cbb09e6a 6863@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6864
8642bc8f 6865Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6866code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6867(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6868
8642bc8f 6869Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6870line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6871been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6872
cbb09e6a
AC
6873The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6874wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6875Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6876
cbb09e6a 6877@enumerate
8973da3a 6878@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6879Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6880list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6881recommended.
8973da3a 6882@item
cbb09e6a 6883Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6884@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6885Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6886Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6887@item
cbb09e6a 6888Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6889@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6890Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6891prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6892@item
6893Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6894released.
6895@item
6896Remove the obsolete code.
6897@end enumerate
6898
6899@noindent
6900@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6901hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6902helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6903or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6904the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6905hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6906
8973da3a 6907
9ae8b82c
AC
6908
6909@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6910
8642bc8f
AC
6911The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6912changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6913instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6914building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6915@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6916
9ae8b82c 6917@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6918
9ae8b82c
AC
6919People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6920something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6921script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6922
9ae8b82c 6923@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6924
9ae8b82c
AC
6925Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6926@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6927@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6928
6929@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6930
8642bc8f 6931A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6932
8642bc8f
AC
6933@itemize @bullet
6934@item
6935@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6936@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6937@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6938file)
6939@item
6940@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6941@end itemize
6942
9ae8b82c 6943@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6944
9ae8b82c
AC
6945@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6946(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6947conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6948of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6949regressions.
8642bc8f 6950
9ae8b82c 6951@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6952
9ae8b82c 6953Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6954
9ae8b82c 6955@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6956
9ae8b82c 6957The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6958
8642bc8f 6959
30107679 6960@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6961
30107679 6962@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6963
474c8240 6964@smallexample
30107679
AC
6965$ u=5.1
6966$ v=5.2
6967$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6968$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6969$ echo $u $V $D
69705.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6971$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6972-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6973cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6974-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6975$ ^echo ^^
6976...
6977$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6978-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6979cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6980-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6981$ ^echo ^^
6982...
8642bc8f 6983$
474c8240 6984@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6985
6986@itemize @bullet
6987@item
b247355e 6988By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6989date/time.
6990@item
b247355e 6991The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6992@item
b247355e 6993Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6994@item
b247355e 6995@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6996@item
b247355e 6997The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6998@end itemize
6999
7000@subheading Update @file{version.in}
7001
7002@smallexample
7003$ u=5.1
7004$ v=5.2
7005$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
7006$ echo $u $v$V
70075.1 5_2
7008$ cd /tmp
7009$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
7010-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
7011cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
7012 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
7013$ ^echo ^^
7014U src/gdb/version.in
7015$ cd src/gdb
7016$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
7017$ cat version.in
70185.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
7019$ cvs -f commit version.in
7020@end smallexample
7021
7022@itemize @bullet
7023@item
7024@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 7025mechanism.
30107679
AC
7026@item
7027@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 7028initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
7029@end itemize
7030
8642bc8f
AC
7031
7032@subheading Update the web and news pages
7033
30107679
AC
7034Something?
7035
8642bc8f
AC
7036@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7037
30107679
AC
7038The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7039This file needs to be updated so that:
7040
7041@itemize @bullet
7042@item
b247355e 7043A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7044@item
b247355e 7045The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7046@end itemize
7047
7048@noindent
7049See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7050cron table.
7051
7052The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7053any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7054snapshot directories.
7055
7056
7057@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7058
7059The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7060to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7061refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7062
7063The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7064current release.
7065
7066@subheading Post the branch info
7067
7068Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7069
7070@itemize @bullet
7071@item
7072@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
7073@item
d3e8051b
EZ
7074@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7075@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7076@end itemize
30107679
AC
7077
7078@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7079ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7080list are alerted.}
7081
7082The announcement should include:
7083
7084@itemize @bullet
7085@item
b247355e 7086The branch tag.
30107679 7087@item
b247355e 7088How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7089@item
b247355e 7090The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7091@item
b247355e 7092The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7093@end itemize
30107679 7094
8642bc8f
AC
7095@section Stabilize the branch
7096
7097Something goes here.
7098
7099@section Create a Release
7100
0816590b
AC
7101The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7102down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7103process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7104process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7105
0816590b
AC
7106When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7107
7108@subsection Create a release candidate
7109
7110The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7111made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7112candidate).
7113
7114@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7115
7116Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
7117@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
7118
7119@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7120
474c8240 7121@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7122$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7123$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7124$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7125$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7126/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7127$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7128$ cd $t/$b/$v
7129$ pwd
0816590b 7130/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7131$ which autoconf
7132/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7133$
474c8240 7134@end smallexample
8973da3a 7135
0816590b
AC
7136@noindent
7137Notes:
8973da3a 7138
0816590b
AC
7139@itemize @bullet
7140@item
7141Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636 7142version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
587afa38 7143found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
7144unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
7145@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
7146@end itemize
7147
7148@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7149
474c8240 7150@smallexample
b247355e 7151$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7152do
8973da3a
AC
7153( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7154done
8642bc8f 7155$
474c8240 7156@end smallexample
8973da3a 7157
0816590b
AC
7158@noindent
7159Note:
8642bc8f 7160
0816590b
AC
7161@itemize @bullet
7162@item
7163The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7164any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7165@code{cvs} really does.
7166@end itemize
7167
7168@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7169
0816590b
AC
7170@table @file
7171
7172@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7173
7174Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7175releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7176
0816590b 7177Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7178
474c8240 7179@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7180$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7181...
7182c-x 4 a
7183...
7184c-x c-s c-x c-c
7185$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7186$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7187@end smallexample
8973da3a 7188
0816590b
AC
7189@item gdb/README
7190
7191You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7192
0816590b
AC
7193@itemize @bullet
7194@item
b247355e 7195The version.
0816590b 7196@item
b247355e 7197The update date.
0816590b 7198@item
b247355e 7199Who did it.
0816590b 7200@end itemize
8973da3a 7201
474c8240 7202@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7203$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7204...
8973da3a 7205c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7206...
8973da3a 7207c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7208$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7209$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7210@end smallexample
8973da3a 7211
0816590b
AC
7212@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7213before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7214to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7215
8642bc8f
AC
7216@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7217@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7218pursuing.}
8973da3a 7219
0816590b 7220@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7221
474c8240 7222@smallexample
8642bc8f 7223$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7224$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
72255.2
8642bc8f 7226$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7227...
7228c-x 4 a
0816590b 7229... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7230c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7231$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7232$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7233@end smallexample
8973da3a 7234
0816590b
AC
7235@end table
7236
7237@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7238
7239This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7240
4ce8657e
MC
7241@smallexample
7242$ for m in gdb insight
7243do
7244( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7245done
4ce8657e
MC
7246@end smallexample
7247
7248If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7249(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7250
474c8240 7251@smallexample
0816590b 7252$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7253do
0816590b 7254( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7255done
474c8240 7256@end smallexample
8973da3a 7257
0816590b 7258@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7259
0816590b 7260You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7261@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7262for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7263
474c8240 7264@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7265$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7266M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7267? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7268? proto-toplev
0816590b 7269@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7270M gdb/ChangeLog
7271M gdb/NEWS
7272M gdb/README
7273M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7274@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7275$
474c8240 7276@end smallexample
8973da3a 7277
0816590b 7278@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7279@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7280@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7281was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7282didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7283
0816590b 7284@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7285
474c8240 7286@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7287$ cp */src/*.tar .
7288$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7289$ ls -F
b247355e 7290gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7291$ for m in gdb insight
7292do
7293bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7294gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7295done
7296$
474c8240 7297@end smallexample
8973da3a 7298
0816590b
AC
7299@noindent
7300Note:
7301
7302@itemize @bullet
7303@item
7304A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7305in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7306can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7307process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7308@end itemize
7309
7310@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7311
0816590b 7312Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7313
0816590b
AC
7314@smallexample
7315$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7316$ cd gdb-5.2
7317$ ./configure
7318$ make
7319@dots{}
7320$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7321GNU gdb 5.2
7322@dots{}
7323(gdb) b main
7324Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7325(gdb) run
7326Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7327
7328Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7329734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7330(gdb) print args
7331$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7332(gdb)
7333@end smallexample
8973da3a 7334
0816590b 7335@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7336
0816590b 7337If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7338
0816590b
AC
7339@enumerate
7340@item
7341Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7342@item
7343Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7344@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7345process can restart.
7346@item
7347Make the release candidate available in
7348@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
7349@item
7350Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
7351@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
7352@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7353
0816590b 7354@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7355
0816590b 7356(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7357
0816590b 7358@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7359
0816590b 7360Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7361
474c8240 7362@smallexample
0816590b 7363$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7364$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7365@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7366
0816590b
AC
7367@noindent
7368Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7369are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7370
7371@smallexample
7372$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7373$ rm @dots{}
7374@end smallexample
7375
7376@noindent
7377Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7378directory:
7379
7380@smallexample
7381$ vi README
7382@dots{}
7383$ rm -f .message
7384$ ln README .message
7385@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7386
0816590b 7387@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7388
0816590b
AC
7389@table @file
7390
7391@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7392This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7393@itemize @bullet
7394@item
b247355e 7395General announcement.
8642bc8f 7396@item
0816590b
AC
7397News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7398earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7399@item
b247355e 7400Errata.
0816590b
AC
7401@end itemize
7402
7403@item htdocs/index.html
7404@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7405@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7406These files include:
7407@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7408@item
b247355e 7409Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7410@item
b247355e 7411News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7412@end itemize
0816590b 7413These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7414
0816590b 7415@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7416You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7417docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7418from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7419Something like:
7420
474c8240 7421@smallexample
8642bc8f 7422$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7423 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7424 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7425 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7426 gdb
474c8240 7427@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7428
0816590b
AC
7429@item download/ari/
7430Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7431
0816590b
AC
7432@smallexample
7433$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7434 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7435 $PWD/www \
7436 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7437 gdb
7438@end smallexample
7439
7440@end table
7441
7442@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7443
7444Something goes here.
7445
7446
7447@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7448
7449At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7450@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7451
7452@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7453
7454Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7455
7456@itemize @bullet
7457@item
7458@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
7459@item
0816590b
AC
7460@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7461day or so to let things get out)
7462@item
7463@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7464@end itemize
7465
0816590b 7466@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7467
0816590b 7468The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7469
0816590b 7470@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7471
0816590b 7472In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7473
7474@itemize @bullet
7475@item
7476@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7477@item
7478@file{gdb/version.in}
7479@item
7480@file{gdb/NEWS}
7481@item
7482@file{gdb/README}
7483@end itemize
7484
0816590b 7485@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7486
7487Something like:
7488
474c8240 7489@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7490$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7491$ echo $d
74922002-01-24
7493$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7494$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7495@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7496
0816590b 7497Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7498@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7499
7500@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7501
0816590b
AC
7502Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7503indicates when the release was made.
7504
7505@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7506
7507If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7508@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7509committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7510@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7511is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7512
7513Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7514
0816590b 7515@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7516
8642bc8f
AC
7517The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7518trunk.
8973da3a 7519
0816590b
AC
7520@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7521
7522Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
7523Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7524generated by running:
7525
7526@smallexample
7527$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7528@end smallexample
7529
7530@noindent
7531The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7532of the most recent release.
7533
7534Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7535
8642bc8f 7536@section Post release
8973da3a 7537
8642bc8f 7538Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7539
085dd6e6
JM
7540@node Testsuite
7541
7542@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7543@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7544
56caf160
EZ
7545The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7546While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7547this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7548the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7549to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7550
b247355e
NR
7551The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7552tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7553runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7554
7555@section Using the Testsuite
7556
56caf160 7557@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7558To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7559testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7560environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7561the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7562and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7563finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7564
474c8240 7565@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7566 === gdb Summary ===
7567
7568# of expected passes 6016
7569# of unexpected failures 58
7570# of unexpected successes 5
7571# of expected failures 183
7572# of unresolved testcases 3
7573# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7574@end smallexample
56caf160 7575
a9f158ec
JB
7576To run a specific test script, type:
7577@example
7578make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7579@end example
7580where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7581spaces.
7582
085dd6e6
JM
7583The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7584conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7585real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7586failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7587hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7588everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7589being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7590lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7591Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7592reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7593catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7594program.
7595
7596When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7597testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7598regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7599run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7600compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7601testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7602options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7603host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7604mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7605
7606If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7607tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7608and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7609Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7610failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7611difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7612in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7613tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7614
e7dc800a
MC
7615DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7616some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7617the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7618will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7619
7620@smallexample
7621UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7622@end smallexample
7623
085dd6e6
JM
7624@section Testsuite Organization
7625
56caf160 7626@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7627The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7628testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7629and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7630handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7631@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7632all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7633configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7634definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7635
7636The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7637subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7638with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7639in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7640get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7641
7642The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7643are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7644located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7645execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7646intelligibility.
7647
56caf160 7648@table @file
085dd6e6 7649@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7650This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7651configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7652The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7653ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7654for prototypes).
7655
7656@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7657Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7658@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7659
7660@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7661Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7662(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7663HP-UX.
7664
7665@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7666Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
76671999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7668couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7669imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7670extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7671
7672@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7673Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7674instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7675@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7676@end table
7677
7678@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7679@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7680
25822942 7681In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7682should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7683
7684You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7685includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7686However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7687instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7688calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7689
7690Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7691necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7692a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7693@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7694prompts.
7695
7696Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7697On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7698spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7699
7700The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7701style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7702styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7703instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7704never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7705uniformly.
7706
c906108c
SS
7707@node Hints
7708
7709@chapter Hints
7710
7711Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7712appear anywhere else in the directory.
7713
7714@menu
25822942 7715* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7716* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7717@end menu
7718
7719@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7720
7721@section Getting Started
7722
25822942 7723@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7724work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7725know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7726
25822942
DB
7727This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7728generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7729
7730Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7731comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7732function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7733explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7734free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7735out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7736actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7737
7738Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7739native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7740repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7741macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7742default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7743also documents all the available macros.
7744@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7745@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7746@c Conditionals})
7747
56caf160
EZ
7748Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7749@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7750@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7751code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7752
7753You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7754enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7755language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7756the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7757and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7758are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7759approach.
7760
25822942 7761Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7762specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7763function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7764will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7765calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7766(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7767called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7768functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7769one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7770structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7771the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7772look like.
7773
7774Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7775code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7776principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7777else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7778rather than worrying about all its details.
7779
56caf160
EZ
7780@cindex command implementation
7781A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7782a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7783single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7784@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7785via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7786which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7787the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7788@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7789command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7790display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7791not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7792tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7793breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7794
7795@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7796If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7797on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7798wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7799@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7800Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7801
33e16fad 7802@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7803
25822942 7804@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7805@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7806
25822942 7807If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7808fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7809Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7810debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7811./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7812@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7813
25822942 7814When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7815@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7816gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7817in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7818gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7819
7820If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7821you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7822routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7823@kbd{M-.}
7824
25822942 7825Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7826have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7827
7828@section Submitting Patches
7829
56caf160 7830@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7831Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7832@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7833Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7834changes.
7835
25822942
DB
7836The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7837This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7838
7839If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7840or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7841with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7842
56caf160 7843@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7844The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7845copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7846of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7847standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7848and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7849owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7850changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7851etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7852contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7853bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7854this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7855since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7856
7857Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7858feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7859Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7860header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7861each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7862needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7863@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7864single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7865
7866In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7867sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7868If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7869out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7870
9e0b60a8
JM
7871The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7872install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7873or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7874will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7875The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7876the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7877being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7878tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7879the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7880acceptable.
7881
7882If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7883of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7884installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7885reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7886complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7887they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7888permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7889be for quite some time.
c906108c 7890
56caf160 7891Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7892@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7893
36af4ef6
MD
7894@section Build Script
7895
7896@cindex build script
7897
7898The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7899@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7900targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7901affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7902@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7903
7904After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7905supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7906information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7907in the directory the script was called from.
7908
bcd7e15f 7909@include observer.texi
2154891a 7910@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7911@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7912@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7913
56caf160
EZ
7914@node Index
7915@unnumbered Index
7916
7917@printindex cp
7918
c906108c 7919@bye
This page took 1.074763 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.